elioperdreau/libreoffice-translations-weblate
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Files
2a531c1cdded4ca03e7ca5b96fb356883edfa370
libreoffice-translations-we…/source/ka/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po
Norbert Thiebaud 2a531c1cdd move translations structure one directory up
2012-10-16 11:22:44 -05:00

9085 lines
430 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters
This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.oo
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?comment=&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue&short_desc=Localization+issue+in+file%3A+helpcontent2%2Fsource%2Ftext%2Fswriter%2Fguide.oo&subcomponent=ui\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-26 09:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-31 23:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: ka\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: Translate Toolkit 1.9.0\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id4685201.help.text
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3149789.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150224.15.help.text
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150242.16.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3145227.17.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#bm_id3155916.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3153409.2.help.text
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3145776.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item> <emph/>and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155620.5.help.text
msgid "Click “Input field”<emph/>in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3154257.6.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> <emph/>and type the text for the variable."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3150708.4.help.text
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#bm_id3155521.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155521.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3150534.27.help.text
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155539.48.help.text
msgid "To To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155560.47.help.text
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155581.57.help.text
msgid "Choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - AutoText</item>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147761.58.help.text
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147779.59.help.text
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147807.60.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_idN10732.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3147282.39.help.text
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145597.61.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145615.28.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145644.38.help.text
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145668.30.help.text
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155090.43.help.text
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155115.45.help.text
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155136.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155160.62.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, double-click \"%PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks\"."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151277.63.help.text
msgid "Select \"AutoText\" and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3151327.49.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151355.50.help.text
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151370.51.help.text
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151390.52.help.text
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154960.53.help.text
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154995.42.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Edit - AutoText</link>"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155012.46.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149695.16.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">სექციის ჩართვა</link></variable>"
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155917.26.help.text
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3155863.27.help.text
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149843.23.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156103.28.help.text
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153127.25.help.text
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149635.30.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149648.31.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149611.18.help.text
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149860.22.help.text
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3145104.32.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153387.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> <emph/>area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> <emph/>check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3154852.36.help.text
msgid "Click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">File name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155882.37.help.text
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149978.38.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> <emph/>box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Page Numbers "
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#bm_id5918759.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id413830.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1617175.help.text
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id6091494.help.text
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id8611102.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6604510.help.text
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2678914.help.text
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id614642.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id2551652.help.text
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6111941.help.text
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5757621.help.text
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2632831.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4395275.help.text
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1654408.help.text
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id7519150.help.text
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9029206.help.text
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3032319.help.text
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9139378.help.text
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5051728.help.text
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1558885.help.text
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1541184.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id18616.help.text
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6138492.help.text
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4569231.help.text
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id291451.help.text
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3341776.help.text
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5947141.help.text
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1911679.help.text
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id9364909.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4473403.help.text
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4313791.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>. "
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4331797.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4191717.help.text
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2318796.help.text
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id399182.help.text
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5298318.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7588732.help.text
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id95828.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3496200.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7599108.help.text
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#bm_id3150099.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3150099.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345516.help.text
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155182.50.help.text
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155907.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id2142399.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155861.41.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149843.42.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3156113.51.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3153401.52.help.text
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149641.44.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153136.43.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149609.45.help.text
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149854.46.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345545.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153414.49.help.text
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149875.48.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153127.29.help.text
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149956.31.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Choose <emph>ფაილი - ახალი - შაბლონები და დოკუმენტები</emph>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149612.32.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Choose <emph>ფაილი - ახალი - შაბლონები და დოკუმენტები</emph>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149873.28.help.text
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> <emph/>entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145114.33.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> <emph/>icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3156240.34.help.text
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145405.35.help.text
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8550981.help.text
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153382.36.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3154242.37.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154255.20.help.text
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155879.38.help.text
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155931.39.help.text
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148677.8.help.text
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149982.10.help.text
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153022.40.help.text
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148949.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">ხატულა</alt></image>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153632.21.help.text
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_idN10C40.help.text
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153656.41.help.text
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3152760.42.help.text
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153876.43.help.text
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153907.44.help.text
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3147124.45.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149770.46.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”<emph/>in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150224.17.help.text
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145228.48.help.text
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150315.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148580.50.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8371227.help.text
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#bm_id3149346.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3149346.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id7355265.help.text
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3147653.3.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3150669.4.help.text
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3155390.5.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: background.xhp#par_id3153665.6.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3153541.7.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3145119.8.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3158430.9.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id0104201010554939.help.text
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3149294.11.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3154346.12.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3148664.13.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3156280.15.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3151041.31.help.text
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3150767.32.help.text
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3147084.33.help.text
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_idN10A56.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlighting icon</link>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3156180.30.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id4922025.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id478530.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr ""
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#hd_id3149688.54.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_id3155923.55.help.text
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_idN10612.help.text
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#bm_id3155622.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id3563951.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id368358.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id9298379.help.text
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1827448.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. "
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id2508621.help.text
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id3856013.help.text
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id7814264.help.text
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id8142338.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1917477.help.text
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id192266.help.text
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1998962.help.text
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id2376476.help.text
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id349131.help.text
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1216467.help.text
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id5659962.help.text
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3152777.7.help.text
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3153902.44.help.text
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147114.45.help.text
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#bm_id3147688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#hd_id3147688.13.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3153417.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3151391.16.help.text
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> <emph/>list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3154233.17.help.text
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id6537369.help.text
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3150096.13.help.text
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3153400.12.help.text
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155854.15.help.text
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9033783.help.text
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. "
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3419598.help.text
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155180.help.text
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id7904904.help.text
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5817743.help.text
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9169591.help.text
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. "
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id1590014.help.text
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5878780.help.text
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3150495.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3150495.32.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149692.33.help.text
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3149452.34.help.text
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154479.35.help.text
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155870.37.help.text
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153417.38.help.text
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149644.39.help.text
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#hd_id3155174.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155917.2.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3149829.4.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>File</emph> ღილაკს და შემდეგ მონიშნეთ<emph>New</emph> ან <emph>Edit</emph>."
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3156111.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ ორმაგი წკაპი ან <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3153416.26.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3154705.27.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#bm_id3149684.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#hd_id3149684.37.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149814.9.help.text
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id0525200902184476.help.text
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149828.10.help.text
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155859.43.help.text
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149836.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156104.45.help.text
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> <emph/>dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3145099.47.help.text
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156241.48.help.text
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155886.40.help.text
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3147107.49.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#bm_id3147684.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#hd_id3147684.14.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147395.15.help.text
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147408.16.help.text
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150527.19.help.text
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> <emph/>box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153166.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153190.45.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> <emph/>box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155553.46.help.text
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155586.40.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147226.43.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145567.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145574.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#bm_id3156383.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#hd_id3156383.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155179.2.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155919.7.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155527.11.help.text
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3153415.14.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents "
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#bm_id6737876.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id3614917.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1069368.help.text
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id6527298.help.text
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id6129947.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table properties</item>."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id8141117.help.text
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id6016418.help.text
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5282448.help.text
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id3547166.help.text
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1108432.help.text
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2422559.help.text
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "მონიშვნა"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1053498.help.text
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1076998.help.text
msgid "One cell selected in a table of more that one cell size, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id4240241.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id162053.help.text
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5021820.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id3549607.help.text
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2544328.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1636402.help.text
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7450483.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5741752.help.text
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id570085.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5044099.help.text
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "ნაგულისხმევი პარამეტრები"
#: borders.xhp#par_id626544.help.text
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id292062.help.text
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1361735.help.text
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id82399.help.text
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5528427.help.text
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id4194158.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7253028.help.text
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id9441206.help.text
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7276833.help.text
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5273293.help.text
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5110019.help.text
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1820734.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. "
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7093111.help.text
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id3673818.help.text
msgid "Line types"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2593768.help.text
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id9836115.help.text
msgid "A black line"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id6485793.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1454512.help.text
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id4618671.help.text
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1239356.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id9474166.help.text
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1545457.help.text
msgid "A white line"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1681875.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2316660.help.text
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5118564.help.text
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id244758.help.text
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7741325.help.text
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id542313.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2210760.help.text
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. "
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5400860.help.text
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#hd_id3145087.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149825.2.help.text
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155922.3.help.text
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML code."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155868.5.help.text
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3156100.6.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "Choose <emph>ფაილი - ახალი - შაბლონები და დოკუმენტები</emph>"
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149281.7.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> <emph/>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3153407.9.help.text
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#bm_id3155915.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#hd_id3155915.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3156107.47.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149283.41.help.text
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153119.43.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id0310200910360780.help.text
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3150103.2.help.text
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153409.19.help.text
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id5174108.help.text
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153131.20.help.text
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149640.21.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149970.22.help.text
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149620.23.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149869.24.help.text
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145108.25.help.text
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3156245.27.help.text
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145391.28.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155325.29.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153371.31.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3154256.33.help.text
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154853.34.help.text
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155902.6.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3793450.help.text
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148675.38.help.text
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148697.39.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148950.40.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153636.41.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3846858.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id8148442.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148603.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Fields - Other</link>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147011.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"სანიშნეს ჩამატება\">სანიშნეს ჩამატება</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153413.3.help.text
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style. "
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5.help.text
msgctxt "removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3149645.6.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145118.7.help.text
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3156253.8.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153388.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#bm_id3154486.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154486.8.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id4792321.help.text
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155907.10.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155859.4.help.text
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3149834.14.help.text
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153396.11.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153370.5.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154247.17.help.text
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154262.18.help.text
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154860.19.help.text
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150231.7.help.text
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> <emph/>icon (green check mark)."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150947.21.help.text
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> <emph/>window."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3149689.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3155862.6.help.text
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3156380.7.help.text
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147409.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153417.11.help.text
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3154258.8.help.text
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3155889.10.help.text
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3147119.12.help.text
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147132.5.help.text
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3150230.13.help.text
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150933.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150964.15.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150523.16.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153730.17.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. "
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table "
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#bm_id3156108.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>სატრიალებელი ხაზის გარშემო ტრიალი</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>სარკისებური ობიექტები</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D ბრუნვის ობიექტები; გარდაიქმნება</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>დახრილ ობიექტებად</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ობიექტები; ეფექტები</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>დამახინჯებული ობიექტები</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>გაზიარების ობიექტები</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>გამჭვირვალობა; ობიექტების</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>გრადიენტები; გამჭვირვალე</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ფერები; ინტერაქტიულიად განმსაზღვრელი გრადიენტები</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>გრადიენტები; ფერთა განმსაზღვრელი </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>წრეები; ობიექტების</bookmark_value>"
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3156108.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153140.help.text
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">ხატულა</alt></image>"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3146497.help.text
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3145109.help.text
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149574.help.text
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3156246.help.text
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145390.help.text
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id0918200811260957.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+PageDown"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145411.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153364.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3155891.help.text
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149993.help.text
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3148676.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Keys"
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3153014.help.text
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153035.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id8478041.help.text
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3358867.help.text
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5366679.help.text
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id1279030.help.text
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5009308.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "მატრიცის შესაქმნელად, სადაც ყველა უჯრა შეიცავს<emph>შეტანის ხაზში</emph>შეტანილ ინფორმაციიას, დააჭირეთ Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">ბრძანება </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. მატრიცის კომპონენტების შეცვლა შეუძლებელია."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id4190496.help.text
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#bm_id3155178.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#hd_id3155178.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155908.25.help.text
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155921.41.help.text
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106A3.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C8.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106E4.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN10700.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#bm_id3149909.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#hd_id3149909.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149949.2.help.text
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149972.3.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155547.10.help.text
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155565.11.help.text
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id8316904.help.text
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#bm_id3152887.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#hd_id3152887.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3154254.11.help.text
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. "
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3155576.13.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147786.19.help.text
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147812.20.help.text
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3144875.17.help.text
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#bm_id3149694.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#hd_id3149694.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149829.16.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3156098.19.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149603.20.help.text
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3153388.22.help.text
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. "
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3150004.23.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#bm_id3147104.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3147104.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150942.45.help.text
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id5876949.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150510.17.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150528.18.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153746.46.help.text
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146896.20.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> <emph/>check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> <emph/>or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> <emph/>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3153148.21.help.text
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153183.48.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3147066.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#bm_id3146875.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#hd_id3146875.21.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153584.22.help.text
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3154245.24.help.text
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150503.26.help.text
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150532.27.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153153.31.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> <emph/>box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153184.32.help.text
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. "
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155541.33.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155572.34.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147771.28.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147810.29.help.text
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#bm_id3149637.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3149637.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3145092.2.help.text
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id2172612.help.text
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3145107.8.help.text
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3156248.10.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153390.11.help.text
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3154248.16.help.text
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3154856.18.help.text
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155877.24.help.text
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155895.21.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3148691.22.help.text
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start </item> <item type=\"menuitem\">at</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155918.31.help.text
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: "
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3155864.30.help.text
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3147414.22.help.text
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149832.51.help.text
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3148850.32.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156104.34.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3150101.35.help.text
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149629.53.help.text
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149644.33.help.text
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149956.48.help.text
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149611.54.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149867.55.help.text
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145106.56.help.text
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149582.57.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145400.59.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3145417.36.help.text
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154400.23.help.text
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#.help.text
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153363.24.help.text
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154244.37.help.text
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3154847.60.help.text
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154869.61.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155886.26.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#bm_id3150101.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3150101.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149842.1.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id7184972.help.text
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3153410.6.help.text
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149612.8.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3156241.10.help.text
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153385.11.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154248.12.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154853.13.help.text
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150222.17.help.text
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150931.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150956.16.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> <emph/>area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151077.18.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153733.23.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3146864.2.help.text
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3146880.25.help.text
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150703.26.help.text
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148389.28.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148414.29.help.text
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153779.30.help.text
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153934.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153960.32.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#bm_id3147828.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#hd_id3147828.45.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3147251.46.help.text
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145599.47.help.text
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145622.48.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# autopi.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ეფექტი\n"
"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ეფექტი\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ეფექტები\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 04.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ეფქტი"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145650.49.help.text
msgid "As character"
msgstr "სიმბოლოდ"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151181.50.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_idN10674.help.text
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151212.51.help.text
msgid "To character"
msgstr "სიმბოლოზე"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151235.52.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155071.53.help.text
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "პარაგრაფზე"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155094.54.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155122.55.help.text
msgid "To page"
msgstr "გვერდზე"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155144.56.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145674.57.help.text
msgid "To frame"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145697.58.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145715.59.help.text
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> <emph/>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic.xhp#tit.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# swriter.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"გრაფიკის ჩასმა\n"
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ნახატის ჩასმა"
#: insert_graphic.xhp#bm_id3154922.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic.xhp#hd_id3154922.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic.xhp#par_id3149695.1.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#bm_id9683828.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN106FF.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6418042.help.text
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. "
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id8324533.help.text
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7524033.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6307260.help.text
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5256508.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id4202398.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. "
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1449324.help.text
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1480758.help.text
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10749.help.text
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1075D.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1658375.help.text
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id6082949.help.text
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2858668.help.text
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id3278603.help.text
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5169225.help.text
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6670125.help.text
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2118594.help.text
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id166020.help.text
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6386913.help.text
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6062196.help.text
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6054261.help.text
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1811578.help.text
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9935911.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4753868.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4744407.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147407.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147407.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3155525.16.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3154243.28.help.text
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152830.29.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152867.30.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id2357860.help.text
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3152897.21.help.text
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147773.22.help.text
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147794.23.help.text
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147814.31.help.text
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147287.25.help.text
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3154083.27.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects "
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#bm_id3146957.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3146957.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3146797.1.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3155388.3.help.text
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3149578.4.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. "
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3159176.6.help.text
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3153896.8.help.text
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3156344.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3150447.14.help.text
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#bm_id3155182.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3155916.2.help.text
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_idN10728.help.text
msgid "When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155861.8.help.text
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3147420.9.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485778.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485775.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3149644.11.help.text
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149964.12.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id112020091049000.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910490034.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#bm_id1163670.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id8568681.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id611285.help.text
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id6226081.help.text
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id6702780.help.text
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id3158970.help.text
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id6957304.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id2164677.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id5684072.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4377269.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Find</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find</emph> again to advance to the next found text. "
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id1371807.help.text
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. "
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id924100.help.text
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9359416.help.text
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id5891598.help.text
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id1780755.help.text
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4286935.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9959410.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id24109.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id703451.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id7540818.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id9908444.help.text
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id8413953.help.text
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9147007.help.text
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id679342.help.text
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id3231299.help.text
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id8087405.help.text
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. "
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id3406170.help.text
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4679403.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: finding.xhp#par_id7783745.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id5597094.help.text
msgid "More options"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9919431.help.text
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id8533280.help.text
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4646748.help.text
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id2489394.help.text
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9934385.help.text
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. "
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4159062.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id7421796.help.text
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id6417432.help.text
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4639728.help.text
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#bm_id3153398.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#hd_id3153398.59.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3154239.60.help.text
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155889.94.help.text
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "ოპერატორი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150508.96.help.text
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150531.97.help.text
msgid "equals"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150725.98.help.text
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150748.99.help.text
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153167.101.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153190.102.help.text
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145297.104.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> <emph/>area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155533.105.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from. "
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155573.107.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147760.108.help.text
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147777.61.help.text
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147819.62.help.text
msgid "User variables"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147245.64.help.text
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_სახელი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147268.65.help.text
msgid "First name"
msgstr "სახელი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145592.66.help.text
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_გვარი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145615.67.help.text
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "გვარი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145642.68.help.text
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ინიციალები"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145666.69.help.text
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "ინიციალები"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151200.70.help.text
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_კომპანია"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151223.71.help.text
msgid "Company"
msgstr "კომპანია"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151250.72.help.text
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ქუჩა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152912.73.help.text
msgid "Street"
msgstr "ქუჩა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152940.74.help.text
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ქვეყანა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152963.75.help.text
msgid "Country"
msgstr "ქვეყანა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152990.76.help.text
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ქვეყნის ინდექსი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145679.77.help.text
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145706.78.help.text
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ქალაქი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145729.79.help.text
msgid "City"
msgstr "ქალაქი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145756.80.help.text
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_წოდება"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145779.81.help.text
msgid "Title"
msgstr "სათაური"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156284.82.help.text
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_მდგომარეობა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156307.83.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"მდებარეობა\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"Position"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156334.84.help.text
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_სამუშაო_ტელეფონი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156357.85.help.text
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "საქმიანი სატელეფონო ნომერი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156384.86.help.text
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_სახლის_ტელეფონი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149728.87.help.text
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "სახლის ტელეფონის ნომერი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149756.88.help.text
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ფაქსი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149778.89.help.text
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "ფაქსის ნომერი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149806.90.help.text
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_ელფოსტა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147294.91.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# autopi.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ელ-ფოსტის მისამართი\n"
"#-#-#-#-# optionen.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ელფოსტის მისამართი\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"ელფოსტის მისამართი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147321.92.help.text
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "მომხმარებლის_მდგომარეობა"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147344.93.help.text
msgid "State"
msgstr "შტატი"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147392.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#bm_id3155856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#hd_id3155856.7.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149835.12.help.text
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id7344279.help.text
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3156110.8.help.text
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149638.9.help.text
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149613.10.help.text
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149864.11.help.text
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#bm_id3154079.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#hd_id3154079.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3149281.2.help.text
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3155608.7.help.text
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154238.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154262.10.help.text
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3157551.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# swriter.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"საგანგებო ჩასმა\">საგანგებო ჩასმა</link>\n"
"#-#-#-#-# scalc.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"საგანგებოდ ჩასმა\">საგანგებოდ ჩასმა</link>"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#bm_id3147683.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#hd_id3147683.40.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3145808.39.help.text
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155603.41.help.text
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3154251.43.help.text
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155884.45.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3147110.51.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> <emph/>area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150931.52.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150961.53.help.text
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> <emph/>box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150519.50.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150709.47.help.text
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> <emph/>and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> <emph/>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3148846.49.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#hd_id3149695.36.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155918.37.help.text
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3149829.38.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155048.39.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3156240.40.help.text
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153363.61.help.text
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154250.42.help.text
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154851.58.help.text
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#bm_id3156136.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3156136.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148473.1.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150771.4.help.text
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#bm_id3155870.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#hd_id3153406.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3149636.7.help.text
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3145098.8.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3156240.9.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> <emph/>and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> <emph/>check boxes."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153376.10.help.text
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#bm_id3145778.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#hd_id3145778.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3155178.31.help.text
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3153396.32.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"სანიშნეს ჩამატება\">სანიშნეს ჩამატება</link>"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#bm_id3152999.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#hd_id3152999.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155890.16.help.text
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3149054.3.help.text
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155854.4.help.text
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153414.7.help.text
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3145102.9.help.text
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#bm_id3155177.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#hd_id3155177.94.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155920.78.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155868.79.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3152765.82.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149844.95.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> <emph/>area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3156114.96.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> <emph/>area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> <emph/>and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> <emph/>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149615.84.help.text
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3145098.83.help.text
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#bm_id3155913.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3155913.28.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145569.68.help.text
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id6414990.help.text
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149838.102.help.text
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149283.106.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153409.114.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list, select \"My Templates\", and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149952.108.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Templates</item> list, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149970.105.help.text
msgid "Right-click the template that you created, and choose <emph>Set as Default Template</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3149867.109.help.text
msgid "To Reset the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149582.111.help.text
msgid "Right-click a text file in any of the two lists, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Reset Default Template - Text Document</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#bm_id4825891.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10652.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1065E.help.text
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10665.help.text
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10669.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10678.help.text
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1067B.help.text
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1068C.help.text
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10698.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#bm_id3155183.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3155183.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149833.2.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153402.3.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153119.4.help.text
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3153135.6.help.text
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149641.7.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149608.8.help.text
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149624.10.help.text
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3145111.11.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3156254.13.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153380.14.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"სანიშნეს ჩამატება\">სანიშნეს ჩამატება</link>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#hd_id3155919.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3152994.11.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154236.13.help.text
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154257.14.help.text
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#bm_id3155179.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#hd_id3155179.9.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3149847.34.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3155055.35.help.text
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_idN1067F.help.text
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3145093.36.help.text
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3154265.37.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#bm_id3149820.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#hd_id3149820.65.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3155922.66.help.text
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3147412.67.help.text
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3149840.68.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3150084.69.help.text
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id6924649.help.text
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. "
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_idN106E7.help.text
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#bm_id3155619.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155619.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155879.5.help.text
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155895.6.help.text
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3153175.61.help.text
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3153185.62.help.text
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement. "
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155566.8.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147759.9.help.text
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147784.10.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147810.57.help.text
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id7748344.help.text
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3145645.63.help.text
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145659.64.help.text
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151193.12.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155936.14.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> <emph/>box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155969.15.help.text
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150446.16.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155073.66.help.text
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155086.67.help.text
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155110.19.help.text
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155136.68.help.text
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> <emph/>box with 3, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155168.20.help.text
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145714.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#bm_id3149816.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>"
#: section_edit.xhp#hd_id3149816.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">სექციის ჩართვა</link></variable>"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3155858.14.help.text
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3154224.15.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149848.16.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ ორმაგი წკაპი ან <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153120.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "მაკროს წასაშლელად აირჩიე იგი სიაში დადააწკაპუნეთ <emph>წაშლა</emph>."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149631.19.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr "ეს პარამეტრი ხელმისაწვდომია მხოლოდ იმ შემთხვევაში, თუ <emph>End of Document</emph> ველი მონიშნულია <emph>Position</emph> არეში."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149609.20.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr "ეს პარამეტრი ხელმისაწვდომია მხოლოდ იმ შემთხვევაში, თუ <emph>End of Document</emph> ველი მონიშნულია <emph>Position</emph> არეში."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3156255.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id973540.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3145819.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3154258.14.help.text
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155881.24.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155903.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147120.26.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150937.34.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150508.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150729.37.help.text
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3148843.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">ხატულა</alt></image>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3153176.27.help.text
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155543.28.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150167.6.help.text
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155563.29.help.text
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145029.40.help.text
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145062.30.help.text
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145081.4.help.text
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147776.3.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147813.15.help.text
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147232.41.help.text
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#bm_id3149686.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#hd_id3149686.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text
msgid "Word count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106D1.help.text
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id3149821.5.help.text
msgid "To display extended statistics such as character count, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#hd_id1116200901133957.help.text
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133998.help.text
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133985.help.text
msgid "Words with dashes or always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id111620090113399.help.text
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106E2.help.text
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id3147418.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#bm_id3145088.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#hd_id3145088.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155916.25.help.text
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155861.27.help.text
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr ""
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3156096.28.help.text
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#bm_id3153396.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3153396.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149635.2.help.text
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149957.18.help.text
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149974.3.help.text
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3149613.4.help.text
msgid "Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates"
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_idN106B0.help.text
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\">Template Management</link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.7.help.text
msgid "To copy a style, drag it to another template or document."
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#bm_id3145078.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#hd_id3145078.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155909.5.help.text
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155859.7.help.text
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr ""
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3153403.8.help.text
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3149687.46.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155864.60.help.text
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3153402.61.help.text
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153414.62.help.text
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3154244.63.help.text
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155872.50.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155900.64.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147123.65.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150219.66.help.text
msgid "Close the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150242.67.help.text
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150964.51.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150525.69.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153738.70.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153763.71.help.text
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146897.73.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> <emph/>dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150741.74.help.text
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148421.52.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153231.53.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147059.54.help.text
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3156060.77.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id6367076.help.text
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#bm_id3155863.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3155863.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3154255.35.help.text
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150511.44.help.text
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3155896.39.help.text
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3147119.43.help.text
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153726.40.help.text
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> <emph/>tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3146876.36.help.text
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3150704.41.help.text
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150717.34.help.text
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. "
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153174.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Horizontal Line"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#bm_id3151178.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>horizontal lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; inserting horizontal lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rules</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; horizontal lines</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id3151178.76.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Horizontal Line\">Inserting a Horizontal Line</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2165898.help.text
msgid "This guide is about inserting graphical rules. You can also insert other lines, see <link href=\"text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp\">Drawing Lines in Text</link>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3149691.82.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the line."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155186.77.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Rule</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155902.83.help.text
msgid "Click the line that you want to insert in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id5338602.help.text
msgid "The \"Plain\" type"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5342265.help.text
msgid "If you select the \"Plain\" type of rules, an empty paragraph is inserted at the position of the cursor. This paragraph has the style \"Horizontal Line\", with a line as the lower border of the paragraph. You can edit that Paragraph Style to change the properties of all \"Plain\" rules in your document. For example you can set the left indent to 3 inches, or you can change the line style, thickness, and color."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id707113.help.text
msgid "To edit the \"Plain\" rule style"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5267494.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5074922.help.text
msgid "In the listbox at the bottom, select to display \"All Styles\"."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id8491470.help.text
msgid "Right-click the \"Horizontal Line\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3253883.help.text
msgid "Choose Modify."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3196203.help.text
msgid "For example, open the Borders tab page to set the thickness and style of the lines. Open the Indents & Spacing tab page to set the indents of the line."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id8385265.help.text
msgid "The graphical type"
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2582476.help.text
msgid "Select any rule type below of the \"Plain\" rule type. This inserts a new paragraph at the position of the cursor. A picture showing a graphical horizontal line is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150217.78.help.text
msgid "The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between the page margins."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2111575.help.text
msgid "To edit the graphical line, right-click the line and choose <emph>Picture</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150231.79.help.text
msgid "You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the <emph>Rulers</emph> folder in the <emph>Gallery</emph> into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150944.80.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#bm_id3153108.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#hd_id3153108.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156228.3.help.text
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156257.4.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150513.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145256.7.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145280.10.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145305.11.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#bm_id3149832.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#hd_id3149832.40.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">სექციის ჩართვა</link></variable>"
#: sections.xhp#par_id3153128.2.help.text
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149284.5.help.text
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149630.4.help.text
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149647.20.help.text
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149612.38.help.text
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149855.7.help.text
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149872.8.help.text
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3153367.39.help.text
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#hd_id3154242.44.help.text
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3154255.41.help.text
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3154845.42.help.text
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#par_id3155883.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10820.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1083F.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1084B.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10855.help.text
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10859.help.text
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1085F.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10867.help.text
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. "
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087A.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A2.help.text
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A5.help.text
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108BD.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108D1.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DB.help.text
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E2.help.text
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#bm_id3155624.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id3155624.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id8230842.help.text
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id7867366.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text
msgctxt "footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150534.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3153155.4.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id2988677.help.text
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155532.6.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155554.7.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#hd_id3149688.62.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149492.63.help.text
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3155915.64.help.text
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149829.66.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3156098.70.help.text
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3153404.67.help.text
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates and Documents</item>, select the template, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149636.68.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save\">File - Templates - Save</link>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#bm_id3155917.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#hd_id3155917.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3153414.3.help.text
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3149640.4.help.text
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3145098.5.help.text
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3156250.7.help.text
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#bm_id3147240.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id6618243.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id1211890.help.text
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id3463850.help.text
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id5708792.help.text
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id6301461.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id9156468.help.text
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id3415936.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id4044312.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id634174.help.text
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#hd_id3155186.11.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155855.12.help.text
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> <emph/>and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> <emph/>is selected. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155507.13.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155526.16.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following: "
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154238.17.help.text
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154263.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "მაკროს წასაშლელად აირჩიე იგი სიაში დადააწკაპუნეთ <emph>წაშლა</emph>."
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155893.15.help.text
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1076F.help.text
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_id3149346.91.help.text
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1078D.help.text
msgid " To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10794.help.text
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079B.help.text
msgid " To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079E.help.text
msgid " To Switch off the Word Completion "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107A5.help.text
msgid " Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107AD.help.text
msgid " Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_id7504806.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#bm_id3154265.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154265.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3154664.5.help.text
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154678.41.help.text
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155531.42.help.text
msgid "Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155569.33.help.text
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147759.6.help.text
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147819.7.help.text
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3147220.32.help.text
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147263.35.help.text
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147282.36.help.text
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145602.38.help.text
msgid "Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145648.40.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#hd_id4745017.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id4814294.help.text
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2593462.help.text
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B03.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B0E.help.text
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107CC.help.text
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B20.help.text
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D2.help.text
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B36.help.text
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D8.help.text
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B4C.help.text
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B53.help.text
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B56.help.text
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2634968.help.text
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107DE.help.text
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B94.help.text
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA1.help.text
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA7.help.text
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BAB.help.text
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107ED.help.text
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BC6.help.text
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10809.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id5458845.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#bm_id3154248.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#hd_id3154248.11.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147773.12.help.text
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147795.13.help.text
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147815.14.help.text
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147833.16.help.text
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147254.18.help.text
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3154896.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155184.31.help.text
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3155915.47.help.text
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155867.48.help.text
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3153410.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3154248.50.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155886.51.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> <emph/>box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147114.52.help.text
msgid "Click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147139.53.help.text
msgid "Click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3150231.54.help.text
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150933.32.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150509.55.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150720.20.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> <emph/>or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> <emph/>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3156377.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149489.32.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. "
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3155908.33.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147416.28.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153398.29.help.text
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153416.30.help.text
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3153135.35.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149609.37.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. "
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149858.66.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145097.67.help.text
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3149572.43.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154395.68.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154420.46.help.text
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153383.47.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154248.48.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "<emph>სექციის ჩასართავი </emph>დიალოგი შეიცავს შემდეგ ჩანართებს:"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154844.49.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"პარამეტრები\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"თვისებები"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155893.51.help.text
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149986.52.help.text
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148674.53.help.text
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153027.55.help.text
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147104.57.help.text
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147126.58.help.text
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150223.59.help.text
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150246.60.help.text
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145227.61.help.text
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150938.62.help.text
msgid "Text table"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150965.63.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154377.64.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3151093.38.help.text
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150534.40.help.text
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147527.41.help.text
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#bm_id3159260.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#hd_id3159260.33.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571916.help.text
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571929.help.text
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155918.23.help.text
msgid "Key"
msgstr "გასაღები"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155870.24.help.text
msgid "Function"
msgstr "ფუნქცია"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156220.25.help.text
msgid " <emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156113.26.help.text
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3150105.27.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153418.28.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149629.29.help.text
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149949.30.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149972.31.help.text
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149871.56.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145108.34.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156260.37.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145409.38.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153372.42.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154235.43.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154873.46.help.text
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155894.47.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155944.50.help.text
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148678.54.help.text
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148701.52.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149998.53.help.text
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153018.51.help.text
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148949.55.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id5640125.help.text
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153634.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> "
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153658.41.help.text
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147125.43.help.text
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150218.42.help.text
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150247.65.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147036.29.help.text
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262761.help.text
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262850.help.text
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262837.help.text
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262867.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910572128.help.text
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#bm_id3154866.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#hd_id3154866.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3154243.21.help.text
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3155873.22.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> <emph/>and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147109.27.help.text
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147128.23.help.text
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> <emph/>dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3150520.24.help.text
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3153742.25.help.text
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155186.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3291116.help.text
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149829.7.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149635.16.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145403.17.help.text
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3154403.26.help.text
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154416.9.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153390.14.help.text
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> <emph/>area."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#bm_id6609088.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#hd_id3155909.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3156108.8.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155066.9.help.text
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153416.10.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> <emph/>box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149649.12.help.text
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149616.5.help.text
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3154260.13.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#bm_id3154897.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#hd_id3154897.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3153402.2.help.text
msgid "The Navigator<emph/>displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3154247.3.help.text
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3155878.5.help.text
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3147108.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3149689.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3155909.2.help.text
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text
msgctxt "shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3156112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3151909.2.help.text
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151861.14.help.text
msgctxt "shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151861.14.help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3141836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3152909.2.help.text
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3152861.14.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3142836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3152112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149648.12.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149611.13.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147682.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147682.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155605.23.help.text
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155626.35.help.text
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155891.37.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> <emph/>box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3150513.25.help.text
msgid "In the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107CE.help.text
msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D5.help.text
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D9.help.text
msgid "Press the <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item> key to delete the number."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155552.26.help.text
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147758.27.help.text
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147782.39.help.text
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list. "
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: reset_format.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr ""
#: reset_format.xhp#bm_id3149963.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: reset_format.xhp#hd_id3149963.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3154091.27.help.text
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3155854.28.help.text
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#bm_id3155920.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155920.25.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154263.26.help.text
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147105.27.help.text
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150224.28.help.text
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150929.29.help.text
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150946.31.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150510.30.help.text
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146865.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> <emph/>box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150714.37.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147061.40.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> <emph/>box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145263.42.help.text
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145284.43.help.text
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style. "
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#bm_id3155185.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3155185.23.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id1812799.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149839.31.help.text
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3148858.32.help.text
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3156105.33.help.text
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153127.36.help.text
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149642.37.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> <emph/>box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and locate the file."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149968.38.help.text
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149619.39.help.text
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3145099.41.help.text
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#bm_id3159257.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#hd_id3159257.29.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id3150502.1.help.text
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id0805200801132382.help.text
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10653.help.text
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10664.help.text
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN1066B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10672.help.text
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10676.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10681.help.text
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id2669759.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106BD.help.text
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C6.help.text
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106D5.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#bm_id8186284.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1065F.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1067D.help.text
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149686.20.help.text
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3155175.3.help.text
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149038.22.help.text
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3153631.23.help.text
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3152776.26.help.text
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. "
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3145769.27.help.text
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3149164.12.help.text
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#bm_id7693411.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN105F0.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10637.help.text
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#bm_id3147692.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#hd_id3147692.35.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3156366.36.help.text
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3154250.37.help.text
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3155496.38.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id5172582.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#bm_id3149291.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#hd_id3149291.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3153132.2.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149632.3.help.text
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149611.4.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3145101.7.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3154255.5.help.text
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> <emph/>dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#bm_id3147418.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3147418.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id4188970.help.text
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153396.23.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149968.24.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149573.29.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153365.25.help.text
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3154233.30.help.text
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3154246.16.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#bm_id3149973.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3149973.58.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3147795.59.help.text
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145652.62.help.text
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155461.60.help.text
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3151184.70.help.text
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id0915200809400790.help.text
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151206.71.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151238.72.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155114.63.help.text
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155139.75.help.text
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145758.64.help.text
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155402.76.help.text
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155424.77.help.text
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list. "
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_idN1081C.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155525.78.help.text
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151352.79.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#hd_id3145819.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154242.12.help.text
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154256.4.help.text
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text
msgctxt "footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147109.6.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147134.7.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150955.8.help.text
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150517.9.help.text
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150537.10.help.text
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150727.11.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3145576.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3154246.4.help.text
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3154262.5.help.text
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3150509.6.help.text
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3150536.195.help.text
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3152885.7.help.text
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Appearance\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3153166.8.help.text
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3153180.181.help.text
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155533.182.help.text
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155582.183.help.text
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147760.184.help.text
msgid "Property"
msgstr "მდგომარეობა"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147789.185.help.text
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147812.186.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147216.187.help.text
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "მიმართვის ჩართვა"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147239.188.help.text
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147267.189.help.text
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147290.190.help.text
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3145614.191.help.text
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3145637.192.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3151244.10.help.text
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips<emph/>option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3155937.11.help.text
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155963.12.help.text
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155984.13.help.text
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#bm_id3145084.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#hd_id3145084.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3155855.42.help.text
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153128.33.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3145090.17.help.text
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153371.29.help.text
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3154263.34.help.text
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#bm_id3151169.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3151169.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149685.3.help.text
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155186.4.help.text
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3155918.5.help.text
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155870.6.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149630.8.help.text
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3145100.20.help.text
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3153367.13.help.text
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3153388.14.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3154849.21.help.text
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155872.22.help.text
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#bm_id3147406.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#hd_id3147406.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145245.25.help.text
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3152901.26.help.text
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145078.27.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3156382.28.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> <emph/>icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149692.30.help.text
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149481.32.help.text
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149823.35.help.text
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#hd_id3155911.65.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3147410.66.help.text
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3153130.67.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> <emph/>toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149866.68.help.text
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149590.69.help.text
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154415.71.help.text
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154252.72.help.text
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154844.73.help.text
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3155888.74.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"ხატვის ფუნქციების ჩვენება\">ხატვის ფუნქციების ჩვენება</link>"
#: print_brochure.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#bm_id6743064.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106DE.help.text
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106B6.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1070E.help.text
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_id8947416.help.text
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10628.help.text
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1062C.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10740.help.text
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106EA.help.text
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#hd_id3154896.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155914.2.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155864.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - From File\"><emph>Insert - Picture - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3156021.4.help.text
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#bm_id3149489.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#hd_id3149489.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155918.2.help.text
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155863.5.help.text
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3153415.6.help.text
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#hd_id3149695.56.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155856.57.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155871.59.help.text
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section."
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3154248.58.help.text
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155872.60.help.text
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#bm_id3153418.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#hd_id3153418.43.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155872.44.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155895.42.help.text
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3147118.45.help.text
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3150230.46.help.text
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#bm_id3147400.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#hd_id3147400.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154243.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154203.5.help.text
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154222.6.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3147775.15.help.text
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150507.8.help.text
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3155533.11.help.text
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#bm_id3151182.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#hd_id3151182.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145080.18.help.text
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149811.19.help.text
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3155178.20.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149819.21.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> <emph/>box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145786.22.help.text
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#bm_id7071138.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149846.10.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN1071A.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3156109.11.help.text
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153411.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item> <emph>.</emph> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149614.14.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3156252.16.help.text
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153376.17.help.text
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154252.20.help.text
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3154851.21.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154873.22.help.text
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3155888.23.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3148685.24.help.text
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3148701.18.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147122.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150939.19.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: references.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3145087.28.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3159263.8.help.text
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3155860.21.help.text
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3149833.38.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149846.39.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3156105.52.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153408.40.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149634.42.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149614.43.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3145110.44.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3156257.45.help.text
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3153370.53.help.text
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id7032074.help.text
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id7796868.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153392.46.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3154256.47.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3154856.48.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3149980.29.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149992.30.help.text
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3147123.14.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150236.32.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150942.33.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150968.34.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3151115.56.help.text
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153594.51.help.text
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id7321390.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#bm_id3153899.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#hd_id3153899.49.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3154250.6.help.text
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150508.26.help.text
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150528.50.help.text
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155532.29.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155577.31.help.text
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3147776.51.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155855.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3154259.39.help.text
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155888.44.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147110.45.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147135.46.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150229.47.help.text
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150934.48.help.text
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150960.56.help.text
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3146878.40.help.text
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3146890.50.help.text
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150712.51.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150738.42.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148399.52.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148424.53.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3153171.54.help.text
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147060.55.help.text
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#bm_id3155845.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#hd_id3155845.21.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3155858.20.help.text
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149833.32.help.text
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3148846.23.help.text
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3156108.25.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> <emph/>is selected."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153396.31.help.text
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153416.24.help.text
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153133.26.help.text
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149635.27.help.text
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3155919.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153414.22.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3154244.23.help.text
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155874.24.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155898.25.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147124.26.help.text
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> <emph/>box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150219.27.help.text
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150245.28.help.text
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3150505.30.help.text
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150527.5.help.text
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153729.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153762.7.help.text
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3146863.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153175.10.help.text
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147095.12.help.text
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#bm_id5111545.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#hd_id3155165.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154491.2.help.text
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3147679.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3153415.5.help.text
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3155602.6.help.text
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154241.4.help.text
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#hd_id3155911.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154233.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3155884.31.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3147114.36.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> <emph/>area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150223.28.help.text
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150502.37.help.text
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3152760.38.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#bm_id3153407.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id3153407.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3154265.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">ხატულა</alt></image>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147126.2.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id8194219.help.text
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3150526.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153153.6.help.text
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153179.8.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145267.17.help.text
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145299.9.help.text
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155529.18.help.text
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155561.10.help.text
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155588.19.help.text
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147772.20.help.text
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147254.12.help.text
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id888698.help.text
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3394573.help.text
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id7594225.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id8147221.help.text
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"სანიშნეს ჩამატება\">სანიშნეს ჩამატება</link>"
#: protection.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#bm_id3150620.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id6007263.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Content in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id1924802.help.text
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3150114.29.help.text
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3150592.30.help.text
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id4545426.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3144764.32.help.text
msgid "Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under <emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147173.34.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3146081.35.help.text
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154480.36.help.text
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id363170.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3145643.38.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3155178.40.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3151189.41.help.text
msgid "Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147322.42.help.text
msgid "Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3149259.43.help.text
msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3153966.44.help.text
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id814539.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3153786.46.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3159088.47.help.text
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3148463.49.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3152968.50.help.text
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3152774.51.help.text
msgid "In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_idN10B8C.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id7858516.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Captions "
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#bm_id3147691.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#hd_id3150537.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">სექციის ჩართვა</link></variable>"
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153156.22.help.text
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153172.36.help.text
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153186.37.help.text
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_idN10713.help.text
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#hd_id3155541.23.help.text
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147765.26.help.text
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> <emph/>box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147254.27.help.text
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147271.28.help.text
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3145671.45.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155174.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149818.26.help.text
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id6140629.help.text
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3155866.33.help.text
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153405.27.help.text
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10711.help.text
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072B.help.text
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072F.help.text
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10733.help.text
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10737.help.text
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1073A.help.text
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3153123.34.help.text
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153137.31.help.text
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149646.35.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149599.36.help.text
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149850.37.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149874.38.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149589.40.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#bm_id3155869.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#hd_id129398.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id5589159.help.text
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. "
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id9936216.help.text
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id7953123.help.text
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id4013794.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id1631824.help.text
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id7271645.help.text
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. "
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id2136295.help.text
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id4186223.help.text
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id1491134.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "თეზაურუსი"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#hd_id3145576.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149820.16.help.text
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155920.17.help.text
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155867.39.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149848.40.help.text
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3153136.45.help.text
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149644.46.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3156263.19.help.text
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3145113.18.help.text
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3196263.19.help.text
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3154392.41.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#hd_id3149688.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "ამოირჩიეთ <emph>ჩასმა - ნახატი</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3156106.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149616.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#bm_id3149487.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3149487.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149842.65.help.text
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3156104.64.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149961.5.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149602.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3145115.66.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149578.16.help.text
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156239.14.help.text
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156261.63.help.text
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3153386.98.help.text
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154262.99.help.text
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154858.100.help.text
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155875.101.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155899.102.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3148701.83.help.text
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149986.84.help.text
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3153025.71.help.text
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150223.87.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150930.89.help.text
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150947.75.help.text
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150969.76.help.text
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154365.77.help.text
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154383.78.help.text
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145559.79.help.text
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145577.81.help.text
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3151083.90.help.text
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id5853144.help.text
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#bm_id3156017.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#hd_id3156017.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155182.3.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155915.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155864.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3153416.8.help.text
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#bm_id3145083.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#hd_id3145083.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155907.2.help.text
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155923.6.help.text
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155855.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155156.2.help.text
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3153728.3.help.text
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3150742.4.help.text
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3147088.5.help.text
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155590.6.help.text
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145083.7.help.text
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3150427.8.help.text
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3154464.9.help.text
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3152948.10.help.text
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3154324.11.help.text
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145673.12.help.text
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145730.13.help.text
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr ""
#: main.xhp#hd_id3156315.14.help.text
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "სხვადასხვა"
#: table_cells.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#hd_id3156377.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149487.27.help.text
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3155906.28.help.text
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3147412.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3156096.29.help.text
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3153408.26.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149626.30.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "სიიდან ველის სწრაფად ჩასართავად დააჭირეთ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> და ორჯერ დააწკაპუნეთ ველზე."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149612.31.help.text
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#bm_id3145086.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#hd_id3145086.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3154491.11.help.text
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3155910.12.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN10703.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3149632.15.help.text
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შეასრულეთ ერთ-ერთი შემდეგი:\n"
"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
"შემდეგიდან ერთერთის გაკეთება:"
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3156240.17.help.text
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">დაადგინეთ ფაილის მდებარეობა, რომელიც შეიცავს ჩატვირთვის სასურველ სტილებს და შემდეგ დააწკაპუნეთ<emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
#: auto_off.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect "
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#bm_id3154250.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147812.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147833.2.help.text
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. "
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN1081B.help.text
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. "
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN10846.help.text
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147251.12.help.text
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145596.23.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145620.15.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145645.24.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3145668.4.help.text
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151220.7.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151245.25.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155076.8.help.text
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155099.10.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155148.26.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155401.17.help.text
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155415.22.help.text
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155488.27.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3155911.34.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149829.35.help.text
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153119.37.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153138.38.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> <emph/>from the submenu"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156260.43.help.text
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "დააწკაპუნეთ <emph>ჩანაცვლება</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3153373.20.help.text
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154851.32.help.text
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154871.33.help.text
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B2.help.text
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B5.help.text
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr ""
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink